Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+ countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform a token counting.
create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates an Endpoint.
@@ -127,6 +133,72 @@Close httplib2 connections.+
computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to get lists of tokens and token ids. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "tokensInfo": [ # Lists of tokens info from the input. A ComputeTokensRequest could have multiple instances with a prompt in each instance. We also need to return lists of tokens info for the request with multiple instances.
+ { # Tokens info with a list of tokens and the corresponding list of token ids.
+ "tokenIds": [ # A list of token ids from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "tokens": [ # A list of tokens from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+}
+countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Perform a token counting.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to perform token counting. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for PredictionService.CountTokens.
+ "totalBillableCharacters": 42, # The total number of billable characters counted across all instances from the request.
+ "totalTokens": 42, # The total number of tokens counted across all instances from the request.
+}
+create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates an Endpoint. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html index 2c0bca0fc51..572a91ca332 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html @@ -153,20 +153,6 @@Method Details
"cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureView was last updated. - "vectorSearchConfig": { # Configuration for vector search. # Optional. Configuration for vector search. It contains the required configurations to create an index from source data, so that approximate nearest neighbor (a.k.a ANN) algorithms search can be performed during online serving. - "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. - }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. - "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. - "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. - "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. - "filterColumns": [ # Optional. Columns of features that're used to filter vector search results. - "A String", - ], - "treeAhConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for the tree-AH algorithm (Shallow tree + Asymmetric Hashing). Please refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.10396 - "leafNodeEmbeddingCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of embeddings on each leaf node. The default value is 1000 if not set. - }, - }, } featureViewId: string, Required. The ID to use for the FeatureView, which will become the final component of the FeatureView's resource name. This value may be up to 60 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within a FeatureOnlineStore. @@ -342,20 +328,6 @@Method Details
"cron": "A String", # Cron schedule (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) to launch scheduled runs. To explicitly set a timezone to the cron tab, apply a prefix in the cron tab: "CRON_TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}" or "TZ=${IANA_TIME_ZONE}". The ${IANA_TIME_ZONE} may only be a valid string from IANA time zone database. For example, "CRON_TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *", or "TZ=America/New_York 1 * * * *". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureView was last updated. - "vectorSearchConfig": { # Configuration for vector search. # Optional. Configuration for vector search. It contains the required configurations to create an index from source data, so that approximate nearest neighbor (a.k.a ANN) algorithms search can be performed during online serving. - "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. - }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. - "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. - "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. - "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. - "filterColumns": [ # Optional. Columns of features that're used to filter vector search results. - "A String", - ], - "treeAhConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for the tree-AH algorithm (Shallow tree + Asymmetric Hashing). Please refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.10396 - "leafNodeEmbeddingCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of embeddings on each leaf node. The default value is 1000 if not set. - }, - }, }
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+ countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform a token counting.
predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform an online prediction.
@@ -92,6 +98,72 @@Close httplib2 connections.+
computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to get lists of tokens and token ids. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "tokensInfo": [ # Lists of tokens info from the input. A ComputeTokensRequest could have multiple instances with a prompt in each instance. We also need to return lists of tokens info for the request with multiple instances.
+ { # Tokens info with a list of tokens and the corresponding list of token ids.
+ "tokenIds": [ # A list of token ids from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "tokens": [ # A list of tokens from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+}
+countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Perform a token counting.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to perform token counting. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token counting call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the underlying model.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for PredictionService.CountTokens.
+ "totalBillableCharacters": 42, # The total number of billable characters counted across all instances from the request.
+ "totalTokens": 42, # The total number of tokens counted across all instances from the request.
+}
+predict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform an online prediction. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.html index 10bb6a2ebf0..c7acb35aa0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 +{ # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for VizierService.ListStudies. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Passes this token as the `page_token` field of the request for a subsequent call. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "studies": [ # The studies associated with the project. - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 3ff6a84bddb..012ff6c2c74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -82,6 +82,9 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Perform a token counting.
@@ -139,6 +142,43 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to get lists of tokens and token ids. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "tokensInfo": [ # Lists of tokens info from the input. A ComputeTokensRequest could have multiple instances with a prompt in each instance. We also need to return lists of tokens info for the request with multiple instances.
+ { # Tokens info with a list of tokens and the corresponding list of token ids.
+ "tokenIds": [ # A list of token ids from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "tokens": [ # A list of tokens from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+}
+countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform a token counting. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html index 5dff331338d..e676309c9f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@Method Details
"minReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The minimum number of replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. If traffic against it increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas up to max_replica_count, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the DeployedIndex was created. - "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. If min_replica_count is not set, the default value is 2 (we don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1). If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. + "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. A description of resources that are dedicated to the DeployedIndex, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. The field min_replica_count must be set to a value strictly greater than 0, or else validation will fail. We don't provide SLA when min_replica_count=1. If max_replica_count is not set, the default value is min_replica_count. The max allowed replica count is 1000. Available machine types for SMALL shard: e2-standard-2 and all machine types available for MEDIUM and LARGE shard. Available machine types for MEDIUM shard: e2-standard-16 and all machine types available for LARGE shard. Available machine types for LARGE shard: e2-highmem-16, n2d-standard-32. n1-standard-16 and n1-standard-32 are still available, but we recommend e2-standard-16 and e2-highmem-16 for cost efficiency. "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`. { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count. "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html index e34e0adb14d..6db12998241 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.html @@ -129,6 +129,15 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for NotebookInternalService.ReportExecutionEvent. "eventType": "A String", # Required. The type of the event. + "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Optional. The error details of the event. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "vmToken": "A String", # Required. The VM identity token (a JWT) for authenticating the VM. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/verifying-instance-identity } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 196a4bb5c2b..d719a2494d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Perform a token counting.
@@ -95,6 +98,43 @@Method Details
Close httplib2 connections.
computeTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Return a list of tokens based on the input text.
+
+Args:
+ endpoint: string, Required. The name of the Endpoint requested to get lists of tokens and token ids. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "instances": [ # Required. The instances that are the input to token computing API call. Schema is identical to the prediction schema of the text model, even for the non-text models, like chat models, or Codey models.
+ "",
+ ],
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for ComputeTokens RPC call.
+ "tokensInfo": [ # Lists of tokens info from the input. A ComputeTokensRequest could have multiple instances with a prompt in each instance. We also need to return lists of tokens info for the request with multiple instances.
+ { # Tokens info with a list of tokens and the corresponding list of token ids.
+ "tokenIds": [ # A list of token ids from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "tokens": [ # A list of tokens from the input.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+}
+countTokens(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Perform a token counting. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.html index 806c85e918c..b191a215150 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 +{ # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for VizierService.ListStudies. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Passes this token as the `page_token` field of the request for a subsequent call. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "studies": [ # The studies associated with the project. - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # A message representing a Study. Next id: 12 + { # A message representing a Study. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the study was created. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Describes the Study, default value is empty string. "inactiveReason": "A String", # Output only. A human readable reason why the Study is inactive. This should be empty if a study is ACTIVE or COMPLETED. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html index abf97359cf5..87ae4386072 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@Method Details
"channelGroup": { # A resource message representing a Channel Group. # A snapshot of a ChannelGroup resource in change history. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@Method Details
"channelGroup": { # A resource message representing a Channel Group. # A snapshot of a ChannelGroup resource in change history. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html index 660dcf3d051..93bbe566b65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@Method Details
{ # A resource message representing a Channel Group. "description": "A String", # The description of the Channel Group. Max length of 256 characters. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Channel Group. Max length of 80 characters. - "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 25. + "groupingRule": [ # Required. The grouping rules of channels. Maximum number of rules is 50. { # The rules that govern how traffic is grouped into one channel. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Customer defined display name for the channel. "expression": { # A logical expression of Channel Group dimension filters. # Required. The Filter Expression that defines the Grouping Rule. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html index 74e9e196d2f..437da681e06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message to claim a device on behalf of a customer. - "configurationId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the configuration (internally known as profile) to set for the section. + "configurationId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the configuration applied to the device section. "customerId": "A String", # The ID of the customer for whom the device is being claimed. "deviceIdentifier": { # Encapsulates hardware and product IDs to identify a manufactured device. To understand requirements on identifier sets, read [Identifiers](https://developers.google.com/zero-touch/guides/identifiers). # Required. Required. The device identifier of the device to claim. "chromeOsAttestedDeviceId": "A String", # An identifier provided by OEMs, carried through the production and sales process. Only applicable to Chrome OS devices. @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@Method Details
"googleWorkspaceCustomerId": "A String", # The Google Workspace customer ID. "preProvisioningToken": "A String", # Optional. Must and can only be set for Chrome OS devices. "sectionType": "A String", # Required. The section type of the device's provisioning record. - "simlockProfileId": "A String", # Optional. + "simlockProfileId": "A String", # Optional. Must and can only be set when DeviceProvisioningSectionType is SECTION_TYPE_SIM_LOCK. The unique identifier of the SimLock profile. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request to claim devices asynchronously in batch. Claiming a device adds the device to zero-touch enrollment and shows the device in the customer's view of the portal. "claims": [ # Required. A list of device claims. { # Identifies one claim request. - "configurationId": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the configuration (internally known as profile) to set for the section. + "configurationId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the configuration applied to the device section. "customerId": "A String", # The ID of the customer for whom the device is being claimed. "deviceIdentifier": { # Encapsulates hardware and product IDs to identify a manufactured device. To understand requirements on identifier sets, read [Identifiers](https://developers.google.com/zero-touch/guides/identifiers). # Required. Required. Device identifier of the device. "chromeOsAttestedDeviceId": "A String", # An identifier provided by OEMs, carried through the production and sales process. Only applicable to Chrome OS devices. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@Method Details
"googleWorkspaceCustomerId": "A String", # The Google Workspace customer ID. "preProvisioningToken": "A String", # Optional. Must and can only be set for Chrome OS devices. "sectionType": "A String", # Required. The section type of the device's provisioning record. - "simlockProfileId": "A String", # Optional. + "simlockProfileId": "A String", # Optional. Must and can only be set when DeviceProvisioningSectionType is SECTION_TYPE_SIM_LOCK. The unique identifier of the SimLock profile. }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html index eaf0f52cd81..79e26da96a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.devices.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@Method Details
"managementType": "A String", # Identifies the extent to which the device is controlled by a managed Google Play EMM in various deployment configurations. Possible values include: - "managedDevice", a device that has the EMM's device policy controller (DPC) as the device owner. - "managedProfile", a device that has a profile managed by the DPC (DPC is profile owner) in addition to a separate, personal profile that is unavailable to the DPC. - "containerApp", no longer used (deprecated). - "unmanagedProfile", a device that has been allowed (by the domain's admin, using the Admin Console to enable the privilege) to use managed Google Play, but the profile is itself not owned by a DPC. "model": "A String", # The model name of the device. This comes from android.os.Build.MODEL. "policy": { # The device policy for a given managed device. # The policy enforced on the device. - "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi. + "autoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Controls when automatic app updates on the device can be applied. Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency. When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, autoUpdatePolicy has no effect. "choiceToTheUser" allows the device's user to configure the app update policy. "always" enables auto updates. "never" disables auto updates. "wifiOnly" enables auto updates only when the device is connected to wifi. "deviceReportPolicy": "A String", # Whether the device reports app states to the EMM. The default value is "deviceReportDisabled". "maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window for managed Google Play Accounts. This allows Play store to update the apps on the foreground in the designated window. # The maintenance window defining when apps running in the foreground should be updated. "durationMs": "A String", # Duration of the maintenance window, in milliseconds. The duration must be between 30 minutes and 24 hours (inclusive). @@ -157,12 +157,12 @@Method Details
"networkTypeConstraint": "A String", # Network type constraint. }, ], - "autoInstallMode": "A String", # The auto-install mode. If unset defaults to "doNotAutoInstall". + "autoInstallMode": "A String", # The auto-install mode. If unset, defaults to "doNotAutoInstall". An app is automatically installed regardless of a set maintenance window. "autoInstallPriority": 42, # The priority of the install, as an unsigned integer. A lower number means higher priority. "minimumVersionCode": 42, # The minimum version of the app. If a lower version of the app is installed, then the app will be auto-updated according to the auto-install constraints, instead of waiting for the regular auto-update. You can set a minimum version code for at most 20 apps per device. }, - "autoUpdateMode": "A String", # The auto-update mode for the product. - "enterpriseAuthenticationAppLinkConfigs": [ # An authentication URL configuration for the authenticator app of an identity provider. This helps to launch the identity provider's authenticator app during the authentication happening in a private app using Android WebView. Authenticator app should already be the [default handler](https://developer.android.com/training/app-links/verify-site-associations) for the authentication url on the device. + "autoUpdateMode": "A String", # The auto-update mode for the product. When autoUpdateMode is used, it always takes precedence over the user's choice. So when a user makes changes to the device settings manually, these changes are ignored. + "enterpriseAuthenticationAppLinkConfigs": [ # An authentication URL configuration for the authenticator app of an identity provider. This helps to launch the identity provider's authenticator app during the authentication happening in a private app using Android WebView. Authenticator app should already be the default handler for the authentication url on the device. { # An authentication URL configuration for the authenticator app of an identity provider. "uri": "A String", # An authentication url. }, @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@Method Details
], "lastUpdatedTimestampMillis": "A String", # The timestamp of the last report update in milliseconds since epoch. This field will always be present. }, - "retailBrand": "A String", # Retail brand for the device, if set. See https://developer.android.com/reference/android/os/Build.html#BRAND + "retailBrand": "A String", # Retail brand for the device, if set. See android.os.Build.BRAND "sdkVersion": 42, # API compatibility version. }
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(packageName, editId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new track.
get(packageName, editId, track, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a track.
@@ -95,6 +98,58 @@Close httplib2 connections.+
create(packageName, editId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a new track.
+
+Args:
+ packageName: string, Required. Package name of the app. (required)
+ editId: string, Required. Identifier of the edit. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configurations of the new track.
+ "formFactor": "A String", # Required. Form factor of the new track. Defaults to the default track.
+ "track": "A String", # Required. Identifier of the new track. For default tracks, this field consists of the track alias only. Form factor tracks have a special prefix as an identifier, for example `wear:production`, `automotive:production`. This prefix must match the value of the `form_factor` field, if it is not a default track. [More on track name](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks#ff-track-name)
+ "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the new track. Currently, the only supported value is closedTesting.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A track configuration. The resource for TracksService.
+ "releases": [ # In a read request, represents all active releases in the track. In an update request, represents desired changes.
+ { # A release within a track.
+ "countryTargeting": { # Country targeting specification. # Restricts a release to a specific set of countries.
+ "countries": [ # Countries to target, specified as two letter [CLDR codes](https://unicode.org/cldr/charts/latest/supplemental/territory_containment_un_m_49.html).
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "includeRestOfWorld": True or False, # Include "rest of world" as well as explicitly targeted countries.
+ },
+ "inAppUpdatePriority": 42, # In-app update priority of the release. All newly added APKs in the release will be considered at this priority. Can take values in the range [0, 5], with 5 the highest priority. Defaults to 0. in_app_update_priority can not be updated once the release is rolled out. See https://developer.android.com/guide/playcore/in-app-updates.
+ "name": "A String", # The release name. Not required to be unique. If not set, the name is generated from the APK's version_name. If the release contains multiple APKs, the name is generated from the date.
+ "releaseNotes": [ # A description of what is new in this release.
+ { # Localized text in given language.
+ "language": "A String", # Language localization code (a BCP-47 language tag; for example, "de-AT" for Austrian German).
+ "text": "A String", # The text in the given language.
+ },
+ ],
+ "status": "A String", # The status of the release.
+ "userFraction": 3.14, # Fraction of users who are eligible for a staged release. 0 < fraction < 1. Can only be set when status is "inProgress" or "halted".
+ "versionCodes": [ # Version codes of all APKs in the release. Must include version codes to retain from previous releases.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "track": "A String", # Identifier of the track. Form factor tracks have a special prefix as an identifier, for example `wear:production`, `automotive:production`. [More on track name](https://developers.google.com/android-publisher/tracks#ff-track-name)
+}
+get(packageName, editId, track, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a track. diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html index 23a56973ab6..331b993d366 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.services.versions.html @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html index 11040838a52..1ff75a9a68d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@Method Details
"urlRegex": "A String", # URL prefix. Uses regular expression syntax, which means regexp special characters must be escaped, but should not contain groupings. All URLs that begin with this prefix are handled by this handler, using the portion of the URL after the prefix as part of the file path. }, ], - "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "healthCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. Only applicable for instances in App Engine flexible environment. # Configures health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances. Only applicable in the App Engine flexible environment. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "disableHealthCheck": True or False, # Whether to explicitly disable health checks for this instance. "healthyThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successful health checks required before receiving traffic. @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@Method Details
"version": "A String", # Version of the library to select, or "latest". }, ], - "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instancesOnly returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "livenessCheck": { # Health checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are killed and replaced with new instances. # Configures liveness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are stopped and replaced with new instances "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before considering the VM unhealthy. "host": "A String", # Host header to send when performing a HTTP Liveness check. Example: "myapp.appspot.com" @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@Method Details
"subnetworkName": "A String", # Google Cloud Platform sub-network where the virtual machines are created. Specify the short name, not the resource path.If a subnetwork name is specified, a network name will also be required unless it is for the default network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a Legacy network, then the IP address is allocated from the IPv4Range. If the network that the instance is being created in is an auto Subnet Mode Network, then only network name should be specified (not the subnetwork_name) and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork that exists in that zone for that network. If the network that the instance is being created in is a custom Subnet Mode Network, then the subnetwork_name must be specified and the IP address is created from the IPCidrRange of the subnetwork.If specified, the subnetwork must exist in the same region as the App Engine flexible environment application. }, "nobuildFilesRegex": "A String", # Files that match this pattern will not be built into this version. Only applicable for Go runtimes.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. - "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation.Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set. + "readinessCheck": { # Readiness checking configuration for VM instances. Unhealthy instances are removed from traffic rotation. # Configures readiness health checking for instances. Unhealthy instances are not put into the backend traffic rotation. "appStartTimeout": "A String", # A maximum time limit on application initialization, measured from moment the application successfully replies to a healthcheck until it is ready to serve traffic. "checkInterval": "A String", # Interval between health checks. "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failed checks required before removing traffic. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index a5c08e1f1c0..daf617edc4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -200,7 +200,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. @@ -321,7 +323,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. @@ -400,7 +404,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. @@ -502,7 +508,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. @@ -570,7 +578,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. @@ -637,7 +647,9 @@Method Details
"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. + "acknowledgedResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are not acknowledged. "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeResourceViolationCount": 42, # Number of current resource violations which are acknowledged. "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html index c32c54a02bd..d8752198b00 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html @@ -100,6 +100,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 5 + "acknowledgeType": "A String", # Optional. Acknowledge type of specified violation. "comment": "A String", # Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field is deprecated and will be removed in future version of the API. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} } @@ -138,6 +139,7 @@Method Details
{ # Workload monitoring Violation. Next Id: 28 "acknowledged": True or False, # A boolean that indicates if the violation is acknowledged "acknowledgementTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when this violation was acknowledged first. Check exception_contexts to find the last time the violation was acknowledged when there are more than one violations. This field will be absent when acknowledged field is marked as false. + "associatedOrgPolicyViolationId": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Violation Id of the org-policy violation due to which the resource violation is caused. Empty for org-policy violations. "auditLogLink": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Audit Log Link for violated resource Format: https://console.cloud.google.com/logs/query;query={logName}{protoPayload.resourceName}{timeRange}{folder} "beginTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which triggered the Violation. "category": "A String", # Output only. Category under which this violation is mapped. e.g. Location, Service Usage, Access, Encryption, etc. @@ -153,6 +155,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the Violation. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/workloads/{workload_id}/violations/{violations_id} "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} "orgPolicyConstraint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The org-policy-constraint that was incorrectly changed, which resulted in this violation. + "parentProjectNumber": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Parent project number where resource is present. Empty for org-policy violations. "remediation": { # Represents remediation guidance to resolve compliance violation for AssuredWorkload # Output only. Compliance violation remediation "compliantValues": [ # Values that can resolve the violation For example: for list org policy violations, this will either be the list of allowed or denied values "A String", @@ -184,8 +187,11 @@Method Details
"remediationType": "A String", # Output only. Reemediation type based on the type of org policy values violated }, "resolveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of the event which fixed the Violation. If the violation is ACTIVE this will be empty. + "resourceName": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Name of the resource like //storage.googleapis.com/myprojectxyz-testbucket. Empty for org-policy violations. + "resourceType": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Type of the resource like compute.googleapis.com/Disk, etc. Empty for org-policy violations. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the violation "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time when the Violation record was updated. + "violationType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the violation }
Retrieves the next page of results.
-Analyzes organization policies governed assets (Google Cloud resources or policies) under a scope. This RPC supports custom constraints and the following 10 canned constraints: * storage.uniformBucketLevelAccess * iam.disableServiceAccountKeyCreation * iam.allowedPolicyMemberDomains * compute.vmExternalIpAccess * appengine.enforceServiceAccountActAsCheck * gcp.resourceLocations * compute.trustedImageProjects * compute.skipDefaultNetworkCreation * compute.requireOsLogin * compute.disableNestedVirtualization This RPC only returns either resources of types supported by [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types), or IAM policies.
+Analyzes organization policies governed assets (Google Cloud resources or policies) under a scope. This RPC supports custom constraints and the following 10 canned constraints: * storage.uniformBucketLevelAccess * iam.disableServiceAccountKeyCreation * iam.allowedPolicyMemberDomains * compute.vmExternalIpAccess * appengine.enforceServiceAccountActAsCheck * gcp.resourceLocations * compute.trustedImageProjects * compute.skipDefaultNetworkCreation * compute.requireOsLogin * compute.disableNestedVirtualization This RPC only returns either resources of types supported by [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types), or IAM policies.
analyzeOrgPolicyGovernedAssets_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@analyzeOrgPolicyGovernedAssets(scope, constraint=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Analyzes organization policies governed assets (Google Cloud resources or policies) under a scope. This RPC supports custom constraints and the following 10 canned constraints: * storage.uniformBucketLevelAccess * iam.disableServiceAccountKeyCreation * iam.allowedPolicyMemberDomains * compute.vmExternalIpAccess * appengine.enforceServiceAccountActAsCheck * gcp.resourceLocations * compute.trustedImageProjects * compute.skipDefaultNetworkCreation * compute.requireOsLogin * compute.disableNestedVirtualization This RPC only returns either resources of types supported by [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types), or IAM policies.
+ Analyzes organization policies governed assets (Google Cloud resources or policies) under a scope. This RPC supports custom constraints and the following 10 canned constraints: * storage.uniformBucketLevelAccess * iam.disableServiceAccountKeyCreation * iam.allowedPolicyMemberDomains * compute.vmExternalIpAccess * appengine.enforceServiceAccountActAsCheck * gcp.resourceLocations * compute.trustedImageProjects * compute.skipDefaultNetworkCreation * compute.requireOsLogin * compute.disableNestedVirtualization This RPC only returns either resources of types supported by [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types), or IAM policies.
Args:
scope: string, Required. The organization to scope the request. Only organization policies within the scope will be analyzed. The output assets will also be limited to the ones governed by those in-scope organization policies. * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required)
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ Method Details
"assets": [ # A list of assets with valid time windows.
{ # An asset in Google Cloud and its temporal metadata, including the time window when it was observed and its status during that window.
"asset": { # An asset in Google Cloud. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. IAM policy), or a relationship (e.g. an INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP relationship). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information. # An asset in Google Cloud.
- "accessLevel": { # An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied. # Please also refer to the [access level user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-levels).
+ "accessLevel": { # An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied. # Also refer to the [access level user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-levels).
"basic": { # `BasicLevel` is an `AccessLevel` using a set of recommended features. # A `BasicLevel` composed of `Conditions`.
"combiningFunction": "A String", # How the `conditions` list should be combined to determine if a request is granted this `AccessLevel`. If AND is used, each `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. If OR is used, at least one `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. Default behavior is AND.
"conditions": [ # Required. A list of requirements for the `AccessLevel` to be granted.
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # Resource name for the `AccessLevel`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The `access_level` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. Its maximum length is 50 characters. After you create an `AccessLevel`, you cannot change its `name`.
"title": "A String", # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
},
- "accessPolicy": { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization. # Please also refer to the [access policy user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-policies).
+ "accessPolicy": { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization. # Also refer to the [access policy user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-policies).
"etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
"parent": "A String", # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ Method Details
"resourceUrl": "A String", # The REST URL for accessing the resource. An HTTP `GET` request using this URL returns the resource itself. Example: `https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/v1/projects/my-project-123` This value is unspecified for resources without a REST API.
"version": "A String", # The API version. Example: `v1`
},
- "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
+ "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
"description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
"name": "A String", # Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
"perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ Method Details
},
"deleted": True or False, # Whether the asset has been deleted or not.
"priorAsset": { # An asset in Google Cloud. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. IAM policy), or a relationship (e.g. an INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP relationship). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information. # Prior copy of the asset. Populated if prior_asset_state is PRESENT. Currently this is only set for responses in Real-Time Feed.
- "accessLevel": { # An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied. # Please also refer to the [access level user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-levels).
+ "accessLevel": { # An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied. # Also refer to the [access level user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-levels).
"basic": { # `BasicLevel` is an `AccessLevel` using a set of recommended features. # A `BasicLevel` composed of `Conditions`.
"combiningFunction": "A String", # How the `conditions` list should be combined to determine if a request is granted this `AccessLevel`. If AND is used, each `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. If OR is used, at least one `Condition` in `conditions` must be satisfied for the `AccessLevel` to be applied. Default behavior is AND.
"conditions": [ # Required. A list of requirements for the `AccessLevel` to be granted.
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Method Details
"name": "A String", # Resource name for the `AccessLevel`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The `access_level` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. Its maximum length is 50 characters. After you create an `AccessLevel`, you cannot change its `name`.
"title": "A String", # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
},
- "accessPolicy": { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization. # Please also refer to the [access policy user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-policies).
+ "accessPolicy": { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization. # Also refer to the [access policy user guide](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/overview#access-policies).
"etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
"parent": "A String", # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ Method Details
"resourceUrl": "A String", # The REST URL for accessing the resource. An HTTP `GET` request using this URL returns the resource itself. Example: `https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/v1/projects/my-project-123` This value is unspecified for resources without a REST API.
"version": "A String", # The API version. Example: `v1`
},
- "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
+ "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
"description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
"name": "A String", # Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
"perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ Method Details
Args:
scope: string, Required. A scope can be a project, a folder, or an organization. The search is limited to the IAM policies within the `scope`. The caller must be granted the [`cloudasset.assets.searchAllIamPolicies`](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/access-control#required_permissions) permission on the desired scope. The allowed values are: * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") * folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER} (e.g., "folders/1234567") * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required)
- assetTypes: string, Optional. A list of asset types that the IAM policies are attached to. If empty, it will search the IAM policies that are attached to all the [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types). Regular expressions are also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. (repeated)
+ assetTypes: string, Optional. A list of asset types that the IAM policies are attached to. If empty, it will search the IAM policies that are attached to all the [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types). Regular expressions are also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots IAM policies attached to asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. (repeated)
orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying the sorting order of the results. The default order is ascending. Add " DESC" after the field name to indicate descending order. Redundant space characters are ignored. Example: "assetType DESC, resource". Only singular primitive fields in the response are sortable: * resource * assetType * project All the other fields such as repeated fields (e.g., `folders`) and non-primitive fields (e.g., `policy`) are not supported.
pageSize: integer, Optional. The page size for search result pagination. Page size is capped at 500 even if a larger value is given. If set to zero or a negative value, server will pick an appropriate default. Returned results may be fewer than requested. When this happens, there could be more results as long as `next_page_token` is returned.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
@@ -2222,11 +2222,11 @@ Method Details
Args:
scope: string, Required. A scope can be a project, a folder, or an organization. The search is limited to the resources within the `scope`. The caller must be granted the [`cloudasset.assets.searchAllResources`](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/access-control#required_permissions) permission on the desired scope. The allowed values are: * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") * folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER} (e.g., "folders/1234567") * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required)
- assetTypes: string, Optional. A list of asset types that this request searches for. If empty, it will search all the [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types). Regular expressions are also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots resources whose asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots resources whose asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots resources whose asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. (repeated)
+ assetTypes: string, Optional. A list of asset types that this request searches for. If empty, it will search all the [searchable asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types). Regular expressions are also supported. For example: * "compute.googleapis.com.*" snapshots resources whose asset type starts with "compute.googleapis.com". * ".*Instance" snapshots resources whose asset type ends with "Instance". * ".*Instance.*" snapshots resources whose asset type contains "Instance". See [RE2](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) for all supported regular expression syntax. If the regular expression does not match any supported asset type, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned. (repeated)
orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying the sorting order of the results. The default order is ascending. Add " DESC" after the field name to indicate descending order. Redundant space characters are ignored. Example: "location DESC, name". Only the following fields in the response are sortable: * name * assetType * project * displayName * description * location * createTime * updateTime * state * parentFullResourceName * parentAssetType
pageSize: integer, Optional. The page size for search result pagination. Page size is capped at 500 even if a larger value is given. If set to zero or a negative value, server will pick an appropriate default. Returned results may be fewer than requested. When this happens, there could be more results as long as `next_page_token` is returned.
pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.
- query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-resources#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the resources within the specified `scope`. Examples: * `name:Important` to find Google Cloud resources whose name contains `Important` as a word. * `name=Important` to find the Google Cloud resource whose name is exactly `Important`. * `displayName:Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources whose display name contains `Impor` as a prefix of any word in the field. * `location:us-west*` to find Google Cloud resources whose location contains both `us` and `west` as prefixes. * `labels:prod` to find Google Cloud resources whose labels contain `prod` as a key or value. * `labels.env:prod` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label `env` and its value is `prod`. * `labels.env:*` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label `env`. * `tagKeys:env` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagKey`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagKeys#resource:-tagkey) .`namespacedName` contains `env`. * `tagValues:prod*` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagValue`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) .`namespacedName` contains a word prefixed by `prod`. * `tagValueIds=tagValues/123` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagValue`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) .`name` is exactly `tagValues/123`. * `effectiveTagKeys:env` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagKey`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagKeys#resource:-tagkey) .`namespacedName` contains `env`. * `effectiveTagValues:prod*` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagValue`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) .`namespacedName` contains a word prefixed by `prod`. * `effectiveTagValueIds=tagValues/123` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagValue`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) .`name` is exactly `tagValues/123`. * `kmsKey:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with a customer-managed encryption key whose name contains `key` as a word. This field is deprecated. Please use the `kmsKeys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information. * `kmsKeys:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with customer-managed encryption keys whose name contains the word `key`. * `relationships:instance-group-1` to find Google Cloud resources that have relationships with `instance-group-1` in the related resource name. * `relationships:INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships of type `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. * `relationships.INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP:instance-group-1` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships with `instance-group-1` in the Compute Engine instance group resource name, for relationship type `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. * `sccSecurityMarks.key=value` to find Cloud resources that are attached with security marks whose key is `key` and value is `value'. * `sccSecurityMarks.key:*` to find Cloud resources that are attached with security marks whose key is `key`. * `state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state contains `ACTIVE` as a word. * `NOT state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state doesn't contain `ACTIVE` as a word. * `createTime<1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were created before `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC`. `1609459200` is the epoch timestamp of `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC` in seconds. * `updateTime>1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were updated after `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC`. `1609459200` is the epoch timestamp of `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC` in seconds. * `Important` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Important` as a word in any of the searchable fields. * `Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Impor` as a prefix of any word in any of the searchable fields. * `Important location:(us-west1 OR global)` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Important` as a word in any of the searchable fields and are also located in the `us-west1` region or the `global` location.
+ query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-resources#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the resources within the specified `scope`. Examples: * `name:Important` to find Google Cloud resources whose name contains `Important` as a word. * `name=Important` to find the Google Cloud resource whose name is exactly `Important`. * `displayName:Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources whose display name contains `Impor` as a prefix of any word in the field. * `location:us-west*` to find Google Cloud resources whose location contains both `us` and `west` as prefixes. * `labels:prod` to find Google Cloud resources whose labels contain `prod` as a key or value. * `labels.env:prod` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label `env` and its value is `prod`. * `labels.env:*` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label `env`. * `tagKeys:env` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagKey.namespacedName`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagKeys#resource:-tagkey) contains `env`. * `tagValues:prod*` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagValue.namespacedName`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) contains a word prefixed by `prod`. * `tagValueIds=tagValues/123` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached tags where the [`TagValue.name`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) is exactly `tagValues/123`. * `effectiveTagKeys:env` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagKey.namespacedName`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagKeys#resource:-tagkey) contains `env`. * `effectiveTagValues:prod*` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagValue.namespacedName`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) contains a word prefixed by `prod`. * `effectiveTagValueIds=tagValues/123` to find Google Cloud resources that have directly attached or inherited tags where the [`TagValue.name`](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v3/tagValues#resource:-tagvalue) is exactly `tagValues/123`. * `kmsKey:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with a customer-managed encryption key whose name contains `key` as a word. This field is deprecated. Use the `kmsKeys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information. * `kmsKeys:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with customer-managed encryption keys whose name contains the word `key`. * `relationships:instance-group-1` to find Google Cloud resources that have relationships with `instance-group-1` in the related resource name. * `relationships:INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships of type `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. * `relationships.INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP:instance-group-1` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships with `instance-group-1` in the Compute Engine instance group resource name, for relationship type `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. * `sccSecurityMarks.key=value` to find Cloud resources that are attached with security marks whose key is `key` and value is `value`. * `sccSecurityMarks.key:*` to find Cloud resources that are attached with security marks whose key is `key`. * `state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state contains `ACTIVE` as a word. * `NOT state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state doesn't contain `ACTIVE` as a word. * `createTime<1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were created before `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC`. `1609459200` is the epoch timestamp of `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC` in seconds. * `updateTime>1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were updated after `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC`. `1609459200` is the epoch timestamp of `2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC` in seconds. * `Important` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Important` as a word in any of the searchable fields. * `Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Impor` as a prefix of any word in any of the searchable fields. * `Important location:(us-west1 OR global)` to find Google Cloud resources that contain `Important` as a word in any of the searchable fields and are also located in the `us-west1` region or the `global` location.
readMask: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields that you want returned in the results. The following fields are returned by default if not specified: * `name` * `assetType` * `project` * `folders` * `organization` * `displayName` * `description` * `location` * `labels` * `tags` * `effectiveTags` * `networkTags` * `kmsKeys` * `createTime` * `updateTime` * `state` * `additionalAttributes` * `parentFullResourceName` * `parentAssetType` Some fields of large size, such as `versionedResources`, `attachedResources`, `effectiveTags` etc., are not returned by default, but you can specify them in the `read_mask` parameter if you want to include them. If `"*"` is specified, all [available fields](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/reference/rest/v1/TopLevel/searchAllResources#resourcesearchresult) are returned. Examples: `"name,location"`, `"name,versionedResources"`, `"*"`. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
@@ -2240,16 +2240,16 @@ Method Details
"nextPageToken": "A String", # If there are more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
"results": [ # A list of Resources that match the search query. It contains the resource standard metadata information.
{ # A result of Resource Search, containing information of a cloud resource. Next ID: 34
- "additionalAttributes": { # The additional searchable attributes of this resource. The attributes may vary from one resource type to another. Examples: `projectId` for Project, `dnsName` for DNS ManagedZone. This field contains a subset of the resource metadata fields that are returned by the List or Get APIs provided by the corresponding Google Cloud service (e.g., Compute Engine). see [API references and supported searchable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types) to see which fields are included. You can search values of these fields through free text search. However, you should not consume the field programically as the field names and values may change as the Google Cloud service updates to a new incompatible API version. To search against the `additional_attributes`: * Use a free text query to match the attributes values. Example: to search `additional_attributes = { dnsName: "foobar" }`, you can issue a query `foobar`.
+ "additionalAttributes": { # The additional searchable attributes of this resource. The attributes may vary from one resource type to another. Examples: `projectId` for Project, `dnsName` for DNS ManagedZone. This field contains a subset of the resource metadata fields that are returned by the List or Get APIs provided by the corresponding Google Cloud service (e.g., Compute Engine). see [API references and supported searchable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) to see which fields are included. You can search values of these fields through free text search. However, you should not consume the field programically as the field names and values may change as the Google Cloud service updates to a new incompatible API version. To search against the `additional_attributes`: * Use a free text query to match the attributes values. Example: to search `additional_attributes = { dnsName: "foobar" }`, you can issue a query `foobar`.
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
"assetType": "A String", # The type of this resource. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`. To search against the `asset_type`: * Specify the `asset_type` field in your search request.
"attachedResources": [ # Attached resources of this resource. For example, an OSConfig Inventory is an attached resource of a Compute Instance. This field is repeated because a resource could have multiple attached resources. This `attached_resources` field is not searchable. Some attributes of the attached resources are exposed in `additional_attributes` field, so as to allow users to search on them.
{ # Attached resource representation, which is defined by the corresponding service provider. It represents an attached resource's payload.
- "assetType": "A String", # The type of this attached resource. Example: `osconfig.googleapis.com/Inventory` You can find the supported attached asset types of each resource in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
+ "assetType": "A String", # The type of this attached resource. Example: `osconfig.googleapis.com/Inventory` You can find the supported attached asset types of each resource in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types`
"versionedResources": [ # Versioned resource representations of this attached resource. This is repeated because there could be multiple versions of the attached resource representations during version migration.
{ # Resource representation as defined by the corresponding service providing the resource for a given API version.
- "resource": { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
+ "resource": { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types`
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
"version": "A String", # API version of the resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine v1 API as defined in `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`, version will be "v1".
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ Method Details
"folders": [ # The folder(s) that this resource belongs to, in the form of folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}. This field is available when the resource belongs to one or more folders. To search against `folders`: * Use a field query. Example: `folders:(123 OR 456)` * Use a free text query. Example: `123` * Specify the `scope` field as this folder in your search request.
"A String",
],
- "kmsKey": "A String", # The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field only presents for the purpose of backward compatibility. Please use the `kms_keys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it and will only be populated for [these resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/legacy-field-names#resource_types_with_the_to_be_deprecated_kmskey_field) for backward compatible purposes. To search against the `kms_key`: * Use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * Use a free text query. Example: `key`
+ "kmsKey": "A String", # The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) name or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) name. This field only presents for the purpose of backward compatibility. Use the `kms_keys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it and will only be populated for [these resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/legacy-field-names#resource_types_with_the_to_be_deprecated_kmskey_field) for backward compatible purposes. To search against the `kms_key`: * Use a field query. Example: `kmsKey:key` * Use a free text query. Example: `key`
"kmsKeys": [ # The Cloud KMS [CryptoKey](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys) names or [CryptoKeyVersion](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions) names. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against the `kms_keys`: * Use a field query. Example: `kmsKeys:key` * Use a free text query. Example: `key`
"A String",
],
@@ -2301,17 +2301,17 @@ Method Details
],
},
},
- "sccSecurityMarks": { # The actual content of Security Command Center security marks associated with the asset. Note that both staging & prod SecurityMarks are attached on prod resources. In CAS preprod/prod, both staging & prod SecurityMarks are ingested and returned in the following `security_marks` map. In that case, the prefix "staging." will be added to the keys of all the staging marks. To search against SCC SecurityMarks field: * Use a field query: - query by a given key value pair. Example: `sccSecurityMarks.foo=bar` - query by a given key's existence. Example: `sccSecurityMarks.foo:*`
+ "sccSecurityMarks": { # The actual content of Security Command Center security marks associated with the asset. To search against SCC SecurityMarks field: * Use a field query: - query by a given key value pair. Example: `sccSecurityMarks.foo=bar` - query by a given key's existence. Example: `sccSecurityMarks.foo:*`
"a_key": "A String",
},
"state": "A String", # The state of this resource. Different resources types have different state definitions that are mapped from various fields of different resource types. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, its state will include PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. See `status` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances). If the resource is a project provided by Resource Manager, its state will include LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, ACTIVE, DELETE_REQUESTED and DELETE_IN_PROGRESS. See `lifecycleState` definition in [API Reference](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/reference/rest/v1/projects). To search against the `state`: * Use a field query. Example: `state:RUNNING` * Use a free text query. Example: `RUNNING`
- "tagKeys": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Please use the `tags` field instead. TagKey namespaced names, in the format of {ORG_ID}/{TAG_KEY_SHORT_NAME}. To search against the `tagKeys`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagKeys:"123456789/env*"` - `tagKeys="123456789/env"` - `tagKeys:"env"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `env`
+ "tagKeys": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Use the `tags` field instead. TagKey namespaced names, in the format of {ORG_ID}/{TAG_KEY_SHORT_NAME}. To search against the `tagKeys`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagKeys:"123456789/env*"` - `tagKeys="123456789/env"` - `tagKeys:"env"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `env`
"A String",
],
- "tagValueIds": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Please use the `tags` field instead. TagValue IDs, in the format of tagValues/{TAG_VALUE_ID}. To search against the `tagValueIds`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagValueIds="tagValues/456"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `456`
+ "tagValueIds": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Use the `tags` field instead. TagValue IDs, in the format of tagValues/{TAG_VALUE_ID}. To search against the `tagValueIds`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagValueIds="tagValues/456"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `456`
"A String",
],
- "tagValues": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Please use the `tags` field instead. TagValue namespaced names, in the format of {ORG_ID}/{TAG_KEY_SHORT_NAME}/{TAG_VALUE_SHORT_NAME}. To search against the `tagValues`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagValues:"env"` - `tagValues:"env/prod"` - `tagValues:"123456789/env/prod*"` - `tagValues="123456789/env/prod"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `prod`
+ "tagValues": [ # This field is only present for the purpose of backward compatibility. Use the `tags` field instead. TagValue namespaced names, in the format of {ORG_ID}/{TAG_KEY_SHORT_NAME}/{TAG_VALUE_SHORT_NAME}. To search against the `tagValues`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagValues:"env"` - `tagValues:"env/prod"` - `tagValues:"123456789/env/prod*"` - `tagValues="123456789/env/prod"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `prod`
"A String",
],
"tags": [ # The tags directly attached to this resource. To search against the `tags`: * Use a field query. Example: - `tagKeys:"123456789/env*"` - `tagKeys="123456789/env"` - `tagKeys:"env"` - `tagValues:"env"` - `tagValues:"env/prod"` - `tagValues:"123456789/env/prod*"` - `tagValues="123456789/env/prod"` - `tagValueIds="tagValues/456"` * Use a free text query. Example: - `env/prod`
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # The last update timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was last modified or deleted. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource's Protobuf contains it. To search against `update_time`: * Use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `updateTime < 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `updateTime < 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `updateTime < "2021-01-01T00:00:00"`
"versionedResources": [ # Versioned resource representations of this resource. This is repeated because there could be multiple versions of resource representations during version migration. This `versioned_resources` field is not searchable. Some attributes of the resource representations are exposed in `additional_attributes` field, so as to allow users to search on them.
{ # Resource representation as defined by the corresponding service providing the resource for a given API version.
- "resource": { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
+ "resource": { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types`
"a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
},
"version": "A String", # API version of the resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine v1 API as defined in `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`, version will be "v1".
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
index fbf4514ba59..8684be8df69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Instance Methods
Returns a signed URL for downloading deployed function source code. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within 30 minutes of generation. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Method Details
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+ Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project and location in which the Google Cloud Storage signed URL should be generated, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
index 73c94dc81c7..3fc75b02876 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Instance Methods
Returns a signed URL for downloading deployed function source code. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within 30 minutes of generation. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Method Details
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+ Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project and location in which the Google Cloud Storage signed URL should be generated, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
index fb9f61619de..14ed5527296 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Instance Methods
Returns a signed URL for downloading deployed function source code. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within 30 minutes of generation. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Method Details
generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+ Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, specify this header: * `content-type: application/zip` Do not specify this header: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
Args:
parent: string, Required. The project and location in which the Google Cloud Storage signed URL should be generated, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
index 5eea45da38f..9e37a05e6a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
@@ -140,6 +140,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -175,6 +206,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -235,6 +297,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -326,6 +419,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -379,6 +503,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -415,6 +570,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -463,6 +649,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -511,6 +728,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
@@ -559,6 +807,37 @@ Method Details
"service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
"version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
},
+ "httpTarget": { # HTTP target. When specified as a Queue, all the tasks with [HttpRequest] will be overridden according to the target. # Modifies HTTP target for HTTP tasks.
+ "headerOverrides": [ # HTTP target headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers will be set when running the CreateTask and/or BufferTask. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will be configured for the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Several predefined headers, prefixed with "X-CloudTasks-", can be used to define properties of the task. * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example,`Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. The default value is set to "application/json"`. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB. Queue-level headers to override headers of all the tasks in the queue.
+ { # Wraps the Header object.
+ "header": { # Defines a header message. A header can have a key and a value. # header embodying a key and a value.
+ "key": "A String", # The Key of the header.
+ "value": "A String", # The Value of the header.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. When specified, it overrides HttpRequest for the task. Note that if the value is set to HttpMethod the HttpRequest of the task will be ignored at execution time.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as the `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "uriOverride": { # URI Override. When specified, all the HTTP tasks inside the queue will be partially or fully overridden depending on the configured values. # URI override. When specified, overrides the execution URI for all the tasks in the queue.
+ "host": "A String", # Host override. When specified, replaces the host part of the task URL. For example, if the task URL is "https://www.google.com," and host value is set to "example.net", the overridden URI will be changed to "https://example.net." Host value cannot be an empty string (INVALID_ARGUMENT).
+ "pathOverride": { # PathOverride. Path message defines path override for HTTP targets. # URI path. When specified, replaces the existing path of the task URL. Setting the path value to an empty string clears the URI path segment.
+ "path": "A String", # The URI path (e.g., /users/1234). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "port": "A String", # Port override. When specified, replaces the port part of the task URI. For instance, for a URI http://www.google.com/foo and port=123, the overridden URI becomes http://www.google.com:123/foo. Note that the port value must be a positive integer. Setting the port to 0 (Zero) clears the URI port.
+ "queryOverride": { # QueryOverride. Query message defines query override for HTTP targets. # URI query. When specified, replaces the query part of the task URI. Setting the query value to an empty string clears the URI query segment.
+ "queryParams": "A String", # The query parameters (e.g., qparam1=123&qparam2=456). Default is an empty string.
+ },
+ "scheme": "A String", # Scheme override. When specified, the task URI scheme is replaced by the provided value (HTTP or HTTPS).
+ "uriOverrideEnforceMode": "A String", # URI Override Enforce Mode When specified, determines the Target UriOverride mode. If not specified, it defaults to ALWAYS.
+ },
+ },
"name": "A String", # Caller-specified and required in CreateQueue, after which it becomes output only. The queue name. The queue name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the queue's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
"purgeTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time this queue was purged. All tasks that were created before this time were purged. A queue can be purged using PurgeQueue, the [App Engine Task Queue SDK, or the Cloud Console](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/taskqueue/push/deleting-tasks-and-queues#purging_all_tasks_from_a_queue). Purge time will be truncated to the nearest microsecond. Purge time will be unset if the queue has never been purged.
"rateLimits": { # Rate limits. This message determines the maximum rate that tasks can be dispatched by a queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is a first task attempt or a retry. Note: The debugging command, RunTask, will run a task even if the queue has reached its RateLimits. # Rate limits for task dispatches. rate_limits and retry_config are related because they both control task attempts. However they control task attempts in different ways: * rate_limits controls the total rate of dispatches from a queue (i.e. all traffic dispatched from the queue, regardless of whether the dispatch is from a first attempt or a retry). * retry_config controls what happens to particular a task after its first attempt fails. That is, retry_config controls task retries (the second attempt, third attempt, etc). The queue's actual dispatch rate is the result of: * Number of tasks in the queue * User-specified throttling: rate_limits, retry_config, and the queue's state. * System throttling due to `429` (Too Many Requests) or `503` (Service Unavailable) responses from the worker, high error rates, or to smooth sudden large traffic spikes.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.tasks.html
index ab33f6d3f8b..6ae8a5ad033 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.tasks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.tasks.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
Cloud Tasks API . projects . locations . queues . tasks
Instance Methods
+
+ buffer(queue, taskId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must have HTTP target. To create the task with a custom ID, use the following format and set TASK_ID to your desired ID: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID/tasks/TASK_ID:buffer To create the task with an automatically generated ID, use the following format: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID/tasks:buffer.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -96,6 +99,107 @@ Instance Methods
run(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Forces a task to run now. When this method is called, Cloud Tasks will dispatch the task, even if the task is already running, the queue has reached its RateLimits or is PAUSED. This command is meant to be used for manual debugging. For example, RunTask can be used to retry a failed task after a fix has been made or to manually force a task to be dispatched now. The dispatched task is returned. That is, the task that is returned contains the status after the task is dispatched but before the task is received by its target. If Cloud Tasks receives a successful response from the task's target, then the task will be deleted; otherwise the task's schedule_time will be reset to the time that RunTask was called plus the retry delay specified in the queue's RetryConfig. RunTask returns NOT_FOUND when it is called on a task that has already succeeded or permanently failed.
Method Details
+
+ buffer(queue, taskId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates and buffers a new task without the need to explicitly define a Task message. The queue must have HTTP target. To create the task with a custom ID, use the following format and set TASK_ID to your desired ID: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID/tasks/TASK_ID:buffer To create the task with an automatically generated ID, use the following format: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID/tasks:buffer.
+
+Args:
+ queue: string, Required. The parent queue name. For example: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID` The queue must already exist. (required)
+ taskId: string, Optional. Task ID for the task being created. If not provided, Cloud Tasks generates an ID for the task. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for BufferTask.
+ "body": { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged. # Optional. Body of the HTTP request. The body can take any generic value. The value is written to the HttpRequest of the [Task].
+ "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+ "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+ "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for BufferTask.
+ "task": { # A unit of scheduled work. # The created task.
+ "appEngineHttpRequest": { # App Engine HTTP request. The message defines the HTTP request that is sent to an App Engine app when the task is dispatched. Using AppEngineHttpRequest requires [`appengine.applications.get`](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/access-control) Google IAM permission for the project and the following scope: `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` The task will be delivered to the App Engine app which belongs to the same project as the queue. For more information, see [How Requests are Routed](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed) and how routing is affected by [dispatch files](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/config/dispatchref). Traffic is encrypted during transport and never leaves Google datacenters. Because this traffic is carried over a communication mechanism internal to Google, you cannot explicitly set the protocol (for example, HTTP or HTTPS). The request to the handler, however, will appear to have used the HTTP protocol. The AppEngineRouting used to construct the URL that the task is delivered to can be set at the queue-level or task-level: * If app_engine_routing_override is set on the queue, this value is used for all tasks in the queue, no matter what the setting is for the task-level app_engine_routing. The `url` that the task will be sent to is: * `url =` host `+` relative_uri Tasks can be dispatched to secure app handlers, unsecure app handlers, and URIs restricted with [`login: admin`](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/config/appref). Because tasks are not run as any user, they cannot be dispatched to URIs restricted with [`login: required`](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/config/appref) Task dispatches also do not follow redirects. The task attempt has succeeded if the app's request handler returns an HTTP response code in the range [`200` - `299`]. The task attempt has failed if the app's handler returns a non-2xx response code or Cloud Tasks does not receive response before the deadline. Failed tasks will be retried according to the retry configuration. `503` (Service Unavailable) is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error and will cause Cloud Tasks' traffic congestion control to temporarily throttle the queue's dispatches. Unlike other types of task targets, a `429` (Too Many Requests) response from an app handler does not cause traffic congestion control to throttle the queue. # HTTP request that is sent to the App Engine app handler. An App Engine task is a task that has AppEngineHttpRequest set.
+ "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. Defines routing characteristics specific to App Engine - service, version, and instance. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). Using AppEngineRouting requires [`appengine.applications.get`](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/access-control) Google IAM permission for the project and the following scope: `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform` # Task-level setting for App Engine routing. * If app_engine_routing_override is set on the queue, this value is used for all tasks in the queue, no matter what the setting is for the task-level app_engine_routing.
+ "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the task is sent to. The host is constructed from the domain name of the app associated with the queue's project ID (for example .appspot.com), and the service, version, and instance. Tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK might have a custom domain name. For more information, see [How Requests are Routed](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed).
+ "instance": "A String", # App instance. By default, the task is sent to an instance which is available when the task is attempted. Requests can only be sent to a specific instance if [manual scaling is used in App Engine Standard](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine?hl=en_US#scaling_types_and_instance_classes). App Engine Flex does not support instances. For more information, see [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed) and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed).
+ "service": "A String", # App service. By default, the task is sent to the service which is the default service when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
+ "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the task is sent to the version which is the default version when the task is attempted. For some queues or tasks which were created using the App Engine Task Queue API, host is not parsable into service, version, and instance. For example, some tasks which were created using the App Engine SDK use a custom domain name; custom domains are not parsed by Cloud Tasks. If host is not parsable, then service, version, and instance are the empty string.
+ },
+ "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It is an error to set a body on a task with an incompatible HttpMethod.
+ "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the task is created. Repeated headers are not supported but a header value can contain commas. Cloud Tasks sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Tasks will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. If the task has a body, Cloud Tasks sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explicitly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the task is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Tasks. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below cannot be set or overridden: * `Host` * `X-Google-*` * `X-AppEngine-*` In addition, Cloud Tasks sets some headers when the task is dispatched, such as headers containing information about the task; see [request headers](https://cloud.google.com/tasks/docs/creating-appengine-handlers#reading_request_headers). These headers are set only when the task is dispatched, so they are not visible when the task is returned in a Cloud Tasks response. Although there is no specific limit for the maximum number of headers or the size, there is a limit on the maximum size of the Task. For more information, see the CreateTask documentation.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. The default is POST. The app's request handler for the task's target URL must be able to handle HTTP requests with this http_method, otherwise the task attempt fails with error code 405 (Method Not Allowed). See [Writing a push task request handler](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/java/taskqueue/push/creating-handlers#writing_a_push_task_request_handler) and the App Engine documentation for your runtime on [How Requests are Handled](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python3/how-requests-are-handled).
+ "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URI must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URI. It can contain a path and query string arguments. If the relative URI is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that the task was created. `create_time` will be truncated to the nearest second.
+ "dispatchCount": 42, # Output only. The number of attempts dispatched. This count includes attempts which have been dispatched but haven't received a response.
+ "dispatchDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for requests sent to the worker. If the worker does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. Cloud Tasks will retry the task according to the RetryConfig. Note that when the request is cancelled, Cloud Tasks will stop listening for the response, but whether the worker stops processing depends on the worker. For example, if the worker is stuck, it may not react to cancelled requests. The default and maximum values depend on the type of request: * For HTTP tasks, the default is 10 minutes. The deadline must be in the interval [15 seconds, 30 minutes]. * For App Engine tasks, 0 indicates that the request has the default deadline. The default deadline depends on the [scaling type](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/go/how-instances-are-managed#instance_scaling) of the service: 10 minutes for standard apps with automatic scaling, 24 hours for standard apps with manual and basic scaling, and 60 minutes for flex apps. If the request deadline is set, it must be in the interval [15 seconds, 24 hours 15 seconds]. Regardless of the task's `dispatch_deadline`, the app handler will not run for longer than than the service's timeout. We recommend setting the `dispatch_deadline` to at most a few seconds more than the app handler's timeout. For more information see [Timeouts](https://cloud.google.com/tasks/docs/creating-appengine-handlers#timeouts). The value must be given as a string that indicates the length of time (in seconds) followed by `s` (for "seconds"). For more information on the format, see the documentation for [Duration](https://protobuf.dev/reference/protobuf/google.protobuf/#duration). `dispatch_deadline` will be truncated to the nearest millisecond. The deadline is an approximate deadline.
+ "firstAttempt": { # The status of a task attempt. # Output only. The status of the task's first attempt. Only dispatch_time will be set. The other Attempt information is not retained by Cloud Tasks.
+ "dispatchTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt was dispatched. `dispatch_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ "responseStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the worker for this attempt. If `response_time` is unset, then the task has not been attempted or is currently running and the `response_status` field is meaningless.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "responseTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt response was received. `response_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt was scheduled. `schedule_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ },
+ "httpRequest": { # HTTP request. The task will be pushed to the worker as an HTTP request. If the worker or the redirected worker acknowledges the task by returning a successful HTTP response code ([`200` - `299`]), the task will be removed from the queue. If any other HTTP response code is returned or no response is received, the task will be retried according to the following: * User-specified throttling: retry configuration, rate limits, and the queue's state. * System throttling: To prevent the worker from overloading, Cloud Tasks may temporarily reduce the queue's effective rate. User-specified settings will not be changed. System throttling happens because: * Cloud Tasks backs off on all errors. Normally the backoff specified in rate limits will be used. But if the worker returns `429` (Too Many Requests), `503` (Service Unavailable), or the rate of errors is high, Cloud Tasks will use a higher backoff rate. The retry specified in the `Retry-After` HTTP response header is considered. * To prevent traffic spikes and to smooth sudden increases in traffic, dispatches ramp up slowly when the queue is newly created or idle and if large numbers of tasks suddenly become available to dispatch (due to spikes in create task rates, the queue being unpaused, or many tasks that are scheduled at the same time). # HTTP request that is sent to the worker. An HTTP task is a task that has HttpRequest set.
+ "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a task with an incompatible HttpMethod.
+ "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the task is created. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the task's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is: * Host: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks and derived from HttpRequest.url. * Content-Length: This will be computed by Cloud Tasks. * User-Agent: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Tasks"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google use only. `Content-Type` won't be set by Cloud Tasks. You can explicitly set `Content-Type` to a media type when the task is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/octet-stream"` or `"application/json"`. Headers which can have multiple values (according to RFC2616) can be specified using comma-separated values. The size of the headers must be less than 80KB.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. The default is POST.
+ "oauthToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2). This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com. # If specified, an [OAuth token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2) will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization should generally only be used when calling Google APIs hosted on *.googleapis.com.
+ "scope": "A String", # OAuth scope to be used for generating OAuth access token. If not specified, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OAuth token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself. # If specified, an [OIDC](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect) token will be generated and attached as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request. This type of authorization can be used for many scenarios, including calling Cloud Run, or endpoints where you intend to validate the token yourself.
+ "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. If not specified, the URI specified in target will be used.
+ "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) to be used for generating OIDC token. The service account must be within the same project as the queue. The caller must have iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission for the service account.
+ },
+ "url": "A String", # Required. The full url path that the request will be sent to. This string must begin with either "http://" or "https://". Some examples are: `http://acme.com` and `https://acme.com/sales:8080`. Cloud Tasks will encode some characters for safety and compatibility. The maximum allowed URL length is 2083 characters after encoding. The `Location` header response from a redirect response [`300` - `399`] may be followed. The redirect is not counted as a separate attempt.
+ },
+ "lastAttempt": { # The status of a task attempt. # Output only. The status of the task's last attempt.
+ "dispatchTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt was dispatched. `dispatch_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ "responseStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the worker for this attempt. If `response_time` is unset, then the task has not been attempted or is currently running and the `response_status` field is meaningless.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "responseTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt response was received. `response_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The time that this attempt was scheduled. `schedule_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateTask. The task name. The task name must have the following format: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/queues/QUEUE_ID/tasks/TASK_ID` * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), or periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the task's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/. * `QUEUE_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters. * `TASK_ID` can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 500 characters.
+ "responseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of attempts which have received a response.
+ "scheduleTime": "A String", # The time when the task is scheduled to be attempted or retried. `schedule_time` will be truncated to the nearest microsecond.
+ "view": "A String", # Output only. The view specifies which subset of the Task has been returned.
+ },
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
index 81211820519..38a41a22c3e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -501,8 +501,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -704,8 +704,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -807,8 +807,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
index 49b9f9f5781..18c306639be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -663,8 +663,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index d82fb7b7f53..86c690cd7bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Method Details
},
"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
},
- "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Method Details
},
"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
},
- "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Method Details
},
"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format.
},
- "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the end of the run duration.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
"nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
"seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index 3ef2d1a1678..b94a37b2972 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -390,6 +390,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -918,6 +925,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1367,6 +1381,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1848,6 +1869,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index a76ab2114c2..dab4b8fba58 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Instance Methods
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
- delete(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ delete(project, zone, instance, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Instance Methods
startWithEncryptionKey(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.
- stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.
suspend(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
@@ -840,6 +840,29 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
+ "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "requestTimestamp": "A String", # Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.
+ "stopState": "A String", # Current stopping state of the instance.
+ "targetState": "A String", # Target instance state.
+ },
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead. TimeWindow is a container for two strings that represent timestamps in "yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ" text format.
+ "earliest": "A String",
+ "latest": "A String",
+ },
+ "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -847,6 +870,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1496,6 +1526,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1709,13 +1746,14 @@ Method Details
- delete(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ delete(project, zone, instance, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.
Args:
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
instance: string, Name of the instance resource to delete. (required)
+ noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If true, skips Graceful Shutdown.
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
@@ -2522,6 +2560,29 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
+ "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "requestTimestamp": "A String", # Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.
+ "stopState": "A String", # Current stopping state of the instance.
+ "targetState": "A String", # Target instance state.
+ },
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead. TimeWindow is a container for two strings that represent timestamps in "yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ" text format.
+ "earliest": "A String",
+ "latest": "A String",
+ },
+ "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -2529,6 +2590,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -3539,6 +3607,29 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
+ "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "requestTimestamp": "A String", # Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.
+ "stopState": "A String", # Current stopping state of the instance.
+ "targetState": "A String", # Target instance state.
+ },
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead. TimeWindow is a container for two strings that represent timestamps in "yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ" text format.
+ "earliest": "A String",
+ "latest": "A String",
+ },
+ "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -3546,6 +3637,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -4078,6 +4176,29 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
+ "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "requestTimestamp": "A String", # Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.
+ "stopState": "A String", # Current stopping state of the instance.
+ "targetState": "A String", # Target instance state.
+ },
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead. TimeWindow is a container for two strings that represent timestamps in "yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ" text format.
+ "earliest": "A String",
+ "latest": "A String",
+ },
+ "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -4085,6 +4206,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -6263,6 +6391,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -7490,7 +7625,7 @@ Method Details
- stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.
Args:
@@ -7498,6 +7633,7 @@ Method Details
zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
instance: string, Name of the instance resource to stop. (required)
discardLocalSsd: boolean, If true, discard the contents of any attached localSSD partitions. Default value is false.
+ noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If true, skips Graceful Shutdown.
requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
Allowed values
@@ -8071,6 +8207,29 @@ Method Details
},
},
},
+ "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ "requestTimestamp": "A String", # Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.
+ "stopState": "A String", # Current stopping state of the instance.
+ "targetState": "A String", # Target instance state.
+ },
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "startTimeWindow": { # Represents a window of time using two timestamps: `earliest` and `latest`. # [Output Only] The start time window of the maintenance disruption. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead. TimeWindow is a container for two strings that represent timestamps in "yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ" text format.
+ "earliest": "A String",
+ "latest": "A String",
+ },
+ "time": "A String", # [Output Only] The time when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -8078,6 +8237,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index ffff34e25d0..6070787ed13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -502,6 +502,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -729,6 +736,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1148,6 +1162,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1375,6 +1396,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1822,6 +1850,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -2049,6 +2084,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
index 1f87bd45287..a137b194dbc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
index a22f2d4c19d..f5e08313fc3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
@@ -501,6 +501,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -848,6 +855,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1330,6 +1344,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index c5bf2eabec1..61dccd0a21c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -343,6 +343,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
index b71c3e0a0ac..99d3533554a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
@@ -381,6 +381,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1114,6 +1121,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -1540,6 +1554,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
@@ -2096,6 +2117,13 @@ Method Details
"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
"currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
"currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
+ "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.
+ "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown.
+ "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
+ },
"hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
"instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance.
"latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
index b4ec54ddae5..ebbb5f0bed7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -424,8 +424,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -495,8 +495,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -695,8 +695,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -796,8 +796,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
index ea6d8ff97fa..3bb3edc2293 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -554,8 +554,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.
@@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index 584e946b365..3b0d4919c79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -377,6 +377,10 @@ Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
"kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
"name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -447,6 +451,10 @@ Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
"kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
"name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -646,6 +654,10 @@ Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
"kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
"name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+ "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+ "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+ "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+ },
"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
"selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
index a434b903966..5d28b24686c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -2081,6 +2081,9 @@ Method Details
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
+ "propertiesFromFlexibilityPolicy": { # [Output Only] Instance properties selected for this instance resulting from InstanceFlexibilityPolicy.
+ "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to be used for this instance.
+ },
"version": { # [Output Only] Intended version of this instance.
"instanceTemplate": "A String", # [Output Only] The intended template of the instance. This field is empty when current_action is one of { DELETING, ABANDONING }.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the version.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 484ab5b9b3a..cfb974550cb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -782,6 +782,14 @@ Method Details
"scheduling": {
"terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.
},
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -2205,6 +2213,14 @@ Method Details
"scheduling": {
"terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.
},
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -3099,6 +3115,14 @@ Method Details
"scheduling": {
"terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.
},
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -3561,6 +3585,14 @@ Method Details
"scheduling": {
"terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.
},
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -7183,6 +7215,14 @@ Method Details
"scheduling": {
"terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format.
},
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
index cc1725abc86..e121be372fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ Method Details
],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.
"kind": "compute#project", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#project for projects.
- "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
+ "managedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.
"name": "A String", # The project ID. For example: my-example-project. Use the project ID to make requests to Compute Engine.
"quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this project.
{ # A quotas entry.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index dadb4aaadd9..08f14dfa31b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -1851,6 +1851,9 @@ Method Details
"a_key": "A String",
},
},
+ "propertiesFromFlexibilityPolicy": { # [Output Only] Instance properties selected for this instance resulting from InstanceFlexibilityPolicy.
+ "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to be used for this instance.
+ },
"version": { # [Output Only] Intended version of this instance.
"instanceTemplate": "A String", # [Output Only] The intended template of the instance. This field is empty when current_action is one of { DELETING, ABANDONING }.
"name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the version.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
index e242eab7817..d44c86cbe6c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
@@ -607,6 +607,11 @@ Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
"downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+ "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+ { # Guest OS features.
+ "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+ },
+ ],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
"labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
index 348636f4865..09eb4984500 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -419,8 +419,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -489,8 +489,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -688,8 +688,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -788,8 +788,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
index 0df2ba11e69..c1d33d00bdb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -548,8 +548,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Method Details
{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
"IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
- "allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive.
+ "allPorts": True or False, # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The allPorts field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, SCTP, or L3_DEFAULT. - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. - Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The L3_DEFAULT protocol requires allPorts be set to true.
"allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created.
"allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.
"backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -647,8 +647,8 @@ Method Details
"network": "A String", # This field is not used for global external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the subnetwork is specified, the network of the subnetwork will be used. If neither subnetwork nor this field is specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
"networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
"noAutomateDnsZone": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether it should try to auto-generate a DNS zone or not. Non-PSC forwarding rules do not use this field. Once set, this field is not mutable.
- "portRange": "A String", # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By backend service-based network load balancers, target pool-based network load balancers, internal proxy load balancers, external proxy load balancers, Traffic Director, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
- "ports": [ # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. Only packets addressed to these ports will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot share any values defined in ports. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "portRange": "A String", # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The portRange field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: external passthrough Network Load Balancers, internal and external proxy Network Load Balancers, internal and external Application Load Balancers, external protocol forwarding, and Classic VPN. - Some products have restrictions on what ports can be used. See port specifications for details. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair, and cannot have overlapping portRanges. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+ "ports": [ # The ports, portRange, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. Only packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports field has the following limitations: - It requires that the forwarding rule IPProtocol be TCP, UDP, or SCTP, and - It's applicable only to the following products: internal passthrough Network Load Balancers, backend service-based external passthrough Network Load Balancers, and internal protocol forwarding. - You can specify a list of up to five ports by number, separated by commas. The ports can be contiguous or discontiguous. For external forwarding rules, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. For internal forwarding rules within the same VPC network, two or more forwarding rules cannot use the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair if they share at least one port number. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
"A String",
],
"pscConnectionId": "A String", # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index c134195764f..3706b77574c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -755,6 +755,14 @@ Method Details
],
"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
"physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -2102,6 +2110,14 @@ Method Details
],
"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
"physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -2769,6 +2785,14 @@ Method Details
],
"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
"physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -3197,6 +3221,14 @@ Method Details
],
"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
"physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
@@ -6620,6 +6652,14 @@ Method Details
],
"resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field.
"physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.
+ "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information.
+ "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
+ "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
+ "type": "A String", # Defines the type of maintenance.
+ "windowEndTime": "A String", # The time by which the maintenance disruption will be completed. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ "windowStartTime": "A String", # The current start time of the maintenance window. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
+ },
},
"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index 29884c97ff6..a9b6977e6d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -422,6 +422,11 @@ Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
"downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+ "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+ { # Guest OS features.
+ "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+ },
+ ],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
"labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index a2185d51c1e..31d12d7f82d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -530,6 +530,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -863,6 +866,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -1184,6 +1190,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -1404,6 +1413,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
index 157dec84c91..39ebfdbb40f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
@@ -253,9 +253,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -277,6 +283,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -583,9 +590,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -607,6 +620,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -1128,9 +1142,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -1152,6 +1172,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -1407,9 +1428,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -1431,6 +1458,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -1587,9 +1615,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -1611,6 +1645,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -1854,9 +1889,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -1878,6 +1919,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -2002,9 +2044,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -2026,6 +2074,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
@@ -2154,9 +2203,15 @@ Method Details
"sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
"sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
"A String",
],
+ "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this NAT Rule. This field is used for private NAT.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
"match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: "inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')" "destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: "nexthop.hub == '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'"
@@ -2178,6 +2233,7 @@ Method Details
"tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s if not set.
"tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. Defaults to 120s if not set.
"tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+ "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
"udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
},
],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
index 76cac05775f..ee099fb72ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
@@ -422,6 +422,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -791,6 +794,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -1122,6 +1128,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -1442,6 +1451,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
@@ -1702,6 +1714,9 @@ Method Details
},
"jsonParsing": "A String",
"logLevel": "A String",
+ "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+ "A String",
+ ],
},
"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
"ddosProtectionConfig": {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
index 5f1d6218117..3eb1279b26d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
@@ -258,6 +258,11 @@ Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
"downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+ "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+ { # Guest OS features.
+ "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+ },
+ ],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
"labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -424,6 +429,11 @@ Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
"downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+ "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+ { # Guest OS features.
+ "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+ },
+ ],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
"labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -616,6 +626,11 @@ Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
"diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
"downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
+ "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+ { # Guest OS features.
+ "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+ },
+ ],
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
"kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
"labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
index 09c3ede217d..35601587b2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ Method Details
Deletes multiple conversations in a single request.
Args:
- parent: string, Required. The parent resource to create analyses in. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+ parent: string, Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
body: object, The request body.
The object takes the form of:
{ # The request to delete conversations in bulk.
- "filter": "A String", # Filter used to select the subset of conversations to analyze.
+ "filter": "A String", # Filter used to select the subset of conversations to delete.
"force": True or False, # If set to true, all of this conversation's analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.
- "maxDeleteCount": 42, # Maximum number of conversations to delete. The default is 1000. It can be changed by setting the `max_delete_count` field.
- "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource to create analyses in. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}
+ "maxDeleteCount": 42, # Maximum number of conversations to delete.
+ "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource to delete conversations from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}
}
x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
index faf4e3f182a..163035a42c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ Instance Methods
delete(name, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes a single migration job.
+
+ demoteDestination(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Demotes the destination database to become a read replica of the source. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. MySQL to Cloud SQL (for MySQL) 2. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL (for PostgreSQL) 3. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB.
generateSshScript(migrationJob, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate a SSH configuration script to configure the reverse SSH connectivity.
@@ -274,6 +277,47 @@ Method Details
}
+
+ demoteDestination(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Demotes the destination database to become a read replica of the source. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. MySQL to Cloud SQL (for MySQL) 2. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL (for PostgreSQL) 3. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Name of the migration job resource to demote its destination. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for 'DemoteDestination' request.
+}
+
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+
+
generateSshScript(migrationJob, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate a SSH configuration script to configure the reverse SSH connectivity.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html
index 07be1dedd1c..10871fd5038 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Method Details
},
"rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
"safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
- "servingConfig": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.
+ "servingConfig": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.
"spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
"mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
},
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
index 2ec3744505d..e57bfb83d56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html
@@ -120,6 +120,24 @@ Instance Methods
Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, createAdvancedSiteSearch=None, dataStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Creates a DataStore. DataStore is for storing Documents. To serve these documents for Search, or Recommendation use case, an Engine needs to be created separately.
+
+Deletes a DataStore.
+
+Gets a DataStore.
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Lists all the DataStores associated with the project.
+
+Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+Updates a DataStore
Method Details
close()
@@ -157,4 +175,210 @@ Method Details
}
+
+ create(parent, body=None, createAdvancedSiteSearch=None, dataStoreId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a DataStore. DataStore is for storing Documents. To serve these documents for Search, or Recommendation use case, an Engine needs to be created separately.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+ "contentConfig": "A String", # Immutable. The content config of the data store. If this field is unset, the server behavior defaults to ContentConfig.NO_CONTENT.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataStore was created at.
+ "defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ "industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers.
+ "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+ "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ createAdvancedSiteSearch: boolean, A boolean flag indicating whether user want to directly create an advanced data store for site search. If the data store is not configured as site search (GENERIC vertical and PUBLIC_WEBSITE content_config), this flag will be ignored.
+ dataStoreId: string, Required. The ID to use for the DataStore, which will become the final component of the DataStore's resource name. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a DataStore.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the DataStore to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+ "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+ "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+ "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+ "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+ {
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ ],
+ "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+ },
+ "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+ "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+ "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+ "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+ },
+}
+
+
+
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets a DataStore.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataStore does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+ "contentConfig": "A String", # Immutable. The content config of the data store. If this field is unset, the server behavior defaults to ContentConfig.NO_CONTENT.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataStore was created at.
+ "defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ "industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers.
+ "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+ "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists all the DataStores associated with the project.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to list DataStoress under this location, regardless of whether or not this data store exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. (required)
+ filter: string, Filter by solution type. For example: filter = 'solution_type:SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH'
+ pageSize: integer, Maximum number of DataStores to return. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum allowed value is 50. Values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned.
+ pageToken: string, A page token ListDataStoresResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous DataStoreService.ListDataStores call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to DataStoreService.ListDataStores must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response message for DataStoreService.ListDataStores method.
+ "dataStores": [ # All the customer's DataStores.
+ { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+ "contentConfig": "A String", # Immutable. The content config of the data store. If this field is unset, the server behavior defaults to ContentConfig.NO_CONTENT.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataStore was created at.
+ "defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ "industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers.
+ "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+ "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListDataStoresRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+
+
+ list_next()
+ Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ Args:
+ previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+ previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+ Returns:
+ A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+ page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Updates a DataStore
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+ "contentConfig": "A String", # Immutable. The content config of the data store. If this field is unset, the server behavior defaults to ContentConfig.NO_CONTENT.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataStore was created at.
+ "defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ "industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers.
+ "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+ "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataStore to update. If an unsupported or unknown field is provided, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.
+ "contentConfig": "A String", # Immutable. The content config of the data store. If this field is unset, the server behavior defaults to ContentConfig.NO_CONTENT.
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataStore was created at.
+ "defaultSchemaId": "A String", # Output only. The id of the default Schema asscociated to this data store.
+ "displayName": "A String", # Required. The data store display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+ "industryVertical": "A String", # Immutable. The industry vertical that the data store registers.
+ "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+ "solutionTypes": [ # The solutions that the data store enrolls. Available solutions for each industry_vertical: * `MEDIA`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION` and `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH`. * `SITE_SEARCH`: `SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH` is automatically enrolled. Other solutions cannot be enrolled.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+}
+
+